069367d91ade58d16271afc6d263331d6f828a5d
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
680 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
681 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
682 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
683
684 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
685 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
686
687 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
688 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
689 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
690 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
691 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
692 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
693 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
694
695 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
696
697 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
698 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
699 and a USB cable on the other.
700 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
701 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
702
703 @enumerate
704 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
705 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
706 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
707 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
708 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
709 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
710 debugging host.
711
712 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
713 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
714 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
715 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
716 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
717
718 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
719 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
720 with 1.2 Volt boards.
721
722 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
723 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
724 ways to connect the cable.
725 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
726 Be sure it's firmly connected.
727
728 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
729 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
730 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
731 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
732 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
733 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
734 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
735 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
736
737 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
738 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
739 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
740 but are tedious to set up.
741 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
742 adapter signals to the right board pins.
743
744 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
745 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
746 you are using to run OpenOCD.
747 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
748
749 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
750 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
751 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
752
753 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
754 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
755 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
756
757 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
758 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
759 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
760 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
761
762 @end enumerate
763
764 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
765 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
766 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
767
768 @section Project Directory
769
770 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
771
772 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
773 single directory for your work with a given board.
774 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
775 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
776 files accessed through semihosting,
777 and for code you upload to the target board.
778 It is also the natural place to write files,
779 such as log files and data you download from the board.
780
781 @section Configuration Basics
782
783 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
784 a variety of ways you can mix them.
785 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
786
787 @itemize
788 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
789 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
790 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
791 @end itemize
792
793 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
794 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
795 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
796
797 @example
798 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
799
800 # GDB can also flash my flash!
801 gdb_memory_map enable
802 gdb_flash_program enable
803
804 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
805 @end example
806
807 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
808
809 @example
810 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
811 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
812 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
813 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
814 @end example
815
816 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
817 each supporting a different development task.
818 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
819 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
820
821 @quotation Important
822 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
823 problems with how it treats variables.
824 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
825 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
826 that can be tested in a later script.
827 @end quotation
828
829 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
830 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
831 to simplify your work.
832
833 @section User Config Files
834 @cindex config file, user
835 @cindex user config file
836 @cindex config file, overview
837
838 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
839 in one place.
840 One of the following will match your situation best:
841
842 @itemize
843 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
844 provided by someone else.
845 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
846 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
847 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
848 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
849 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
850 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
851
852 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
853 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
854
855 @enumerate
856 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
857 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
858 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
859 @end enumerate
860
861 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
862 The first is an interface config file.
863 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
864 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
865 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
866 meet your deadline:
867
868 @example
869 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
870 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
871 @end example
872
873 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
874 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
875 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
876 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
877
878 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
879 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
880 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
881 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
882 target and board
883 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
884 @xref{Autoprobing}.
885
886 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
887 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
888 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
889 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
890
891 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
892 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
893 giving access to your particular flash chips.
894 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
895 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
896
897 @quotation Note
898 When you write new configuration files, please submit
899 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
900 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
901 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
902 will help support users of any board using that chip.
903 @end quotation
904
905 @item
906 You may may need to write some C code.
907 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
908 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
909 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
910 a new chip architecture.
911 @end itemize
912
913 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
914 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
915 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
916
917 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
918 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
919 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
920 @itemize
921
922 @item
923 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
924 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
925 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
926 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
927
928 @item
929 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
930 @cindex vector_catch
931 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
932 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
933 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
934 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
935 along with messaging and tracing setup.
936 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
937
938 @item
939 You might need to override some defaults.
940 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
941 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
942
943 @item
944 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
945 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
946 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
947 @end itemize
948
949 @section Project-Specific Utilities
950
951 A few project-specific utility
952 routines may well speed up your work.
953 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
954
955 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
956 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
957 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
958 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
959 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
960 may help:
961
962 @example
963 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
964 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
965 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
966 # Leave the CPU halted.
967 reset init
968
969 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
970 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
971
972 # Start running.
973 resume 0x20000000
974 @}
975 @end example
976
977 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
978 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
979 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
980 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
981 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
982
983 @example
984 proc newboot @{ @} @{
985 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
986 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
987 # "reset halt" would be slower.
988 reset init
989
990 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
991 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
992 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
993 flash protect 0 0 1 off
994 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
995 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
996 flash protect 0 0 1 on
997
998 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
999 reset run
1000 @}
1001 @end example
1002
1003 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1004 from NAND.
1005 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1006 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1007 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1008
1009 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1010 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1011
1012 @section Target Software Changes
1013
1014 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1015 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1016 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1017 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1018 handling issues like:
1019
1020 @itemize @bullet
1021
1022 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1023 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1024 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1025 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1026 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1027 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1028 your debug sessions.
1029
1030 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1031 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1032 That might however be your only option.
1033
1034 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1035 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1036 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1037 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1038 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1039 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1040 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1041 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1042 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1043 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1044 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1045 instead of the whole thing.
1046 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1047 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1048
1049 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1050 @cindex ARM semihosting
1051 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1052 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1053 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1054 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1055 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1056 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1057 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1058 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1059 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1060 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1061 NAND or SPI flash.
1062
1063 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1064 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1065 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1066 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1067 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1068
1069 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1070 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1071 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1072 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1073 registers which can be used to change various features including
1074 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1075 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1076 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1077 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1078 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1079
1080 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1081 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1082 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1083 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1084 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1085
1086 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1087 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1088 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1089 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1090 early code execution can be debugged
1091 or firmware can be replaced.
1092
1093 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1094 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1095 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1096 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1097 operations like writing to memory.)
1098
1099 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1100 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1101 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1102 various kinds of message.
1103 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1104
1105 @end itemize
1106
1107 @section Target Hardware Setup
1108
1109 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1110 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1111 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1112 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1113 working with.}
1114
1115 Common issues include:
1116
1117 @itemize @bullet
1118
1119 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1120 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1121 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1122 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1123 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1124 or one from a daughtercard).
1125 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1126 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1127
1128 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1129 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1130 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1131 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1132 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1133 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1134
1135 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1136 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1137 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1138 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1139 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1140
1141
1142 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1143 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1144 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1145 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1146 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1147 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1148 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1149
1150 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1151 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1152 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1153 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1154 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1155
1156 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1157 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1158 used to start booting.
1159
1160 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1161 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1162 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1163 multiple audio codec chips).
1164 This interacts with software
1165 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1166 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1167 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1168 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1169 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1170 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1171 audio or video codecs are used.
1172
1173 @end itemize
1174
1175 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1176 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1177 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1178 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1179 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1180 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1181 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1182 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1183 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1184 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1185
1186
1187 @node Config File Guidelines
1188 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1189
1190 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1191 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1192 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1193 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1194
1195 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1196 with files including the ones listed here.
1197 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1198 @itemize @bullet
1199 @item @file{interface} ...
1200 These are for debug adapters.
1201 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1202 @example
1203 $ ls interface
1204 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1205 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1206 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1207 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1208 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1209 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1211 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1212 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1213 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1214 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1215 $
1216 @end example
1217 @item @file{board} ...
1218 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1219 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1220 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1221 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1222 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1223 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1224 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1225 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1226 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1227 a CPU and an FPGA.
1228 @example
1229 $ ls board
1230 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1231 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1232 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1233 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1234 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1235 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1236 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1237 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1238 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1239 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1240 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1241 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1242 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1243 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1244 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1245 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1248 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1249 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1250 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1251 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1252 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1253 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1254 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1255 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1256 $
1257 @end example
1258 @item @file{target} ...
1259 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1260 on a chip
1261 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1262 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1263 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1264 the target config file defines all of them.
1265 @example
1266 $ ls target
1267 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1268 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1269 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1270 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1271 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1272 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1273 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1274 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1275 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1276 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1277 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1278 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1279 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1280 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1281 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1282 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1283 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1284 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1285 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1286 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1287 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1288 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1289 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1290 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1291 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1292 $
1293 @end example
1294 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1295 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1296 @end itemize
1297
1298 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1299 file may override features in any of the above files by
1300 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1301 commands specific to their situation.
1302
1303 @section Interface Config Files
1304
1305 The user config file
1306 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1307
1308 @example
1309 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1310 @end example
1311
1312 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1313 in use today with OpenOCD.
1314 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1315 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1316
1317 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1318 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1319 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1320 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1321 and need to provide a driver for it.
1322
1323 @section Board Config Files
1324 @cindex config file, board
1325 @cindex board config file
1326
1327 The user config file
1328 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1329
1330 @example
1331 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1332 @end example
1333
1334 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1335 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1336 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1337
1338 @enumerate
1339 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1340 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1341 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1342 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1343 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1344 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1345 @end enumerate
1346
1347 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1348 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1349 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1350 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1351
1352 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1353 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1354 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1355 configuration works.
1356
1357 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1358
1359 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1360 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1361 convention on how to use certain variables.
1362
1363 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1364 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1365 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1366 used at will within a target configuration file.
1367
1368 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1369 for a board with three chips:
1370
1371 @example
1372 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1373 set CHIPNAME network
1374 set ENDIAN big
1375 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1376 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1377 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1378 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1379
1380 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1381 set CHIPNAME video
1382 set ENDIAN little
1383 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1384 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1385 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1386 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1387
1388 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1389 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1390 unset ENDIAN
1391 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1392 @end example
1393
1394 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1395 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1396 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1397 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1398 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1399 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1400 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1401 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1402
1403 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1404 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1405 naming collisions.
1406
1407 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1408 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1409 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1410 up other clocks and peripherals.
1411
1412 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1413 @cindex variable names
1414
1415 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1416 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1417 one such chip (as shown above).
1418 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1419 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1420 to promote consistency and
1421 so that board files can override target defaults.
1422
1423 Inputs to target config files include:
1424
1425 @itemize @bullet
1426 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1427 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1428 tap identifier dotted names.
1429 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1430 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1431 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1432 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1433 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1434 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1435 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1436 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1437 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1438 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1439 @end itemize
1440
1441 Outputs from target config files include:
1442
1443 @itemize @bullet
1444 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1445 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1446 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1447 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1448 specific to that board and that target.
1449 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1450 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1451 @end itemize
1452
1453 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1454 @cindex event, reset-init
1455 @cindex reset-init handler
1456
1457 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1458 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1459 fully set up yet.
1460 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1461 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1462 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1463 handler is one of the most important.
1464
1465 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1466 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1467 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1468 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1469 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1470
1471 @quotation Note
1472 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1473 are included here.
1474 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1475 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1476 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1477 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1478 @end quotation
1479
1480 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1481 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1482 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1483 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1484 those as parameters.
1485 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1486 and disabling the watchdog.
1487 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1488 the next developer doing such work.
1489 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1490
1491 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1492 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1493 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1494 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1495
1496 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1497
1498 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1499 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1500 a low JTAG clock rate.
1501 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1502 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1503 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1504 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1505 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1506 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1507 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1508
1509 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1510 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1511 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1512 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1513 which might be less than that.
1514
1515 @quotation Warning
1516 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1517 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1518 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1519 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1520 @end quotation
1521
1522 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1523 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1524 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1525 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1526 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1527 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1528
1529 @section Target Config Files
1530 @cindex config file, target
1531 @cindex target config file
1532
1533 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1534 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1535 more target config files like this:
1536
1537 @example
1538 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1539 @end example
1540
1541 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1542 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1543 In summary the target files should contain
1544
1545 @enumerate
1546 @item Set defaults
1547 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1548 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1549 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1550 @item On-Chip flash
1551 @end enumerate
1552
1553 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1554 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1555 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1556
1557 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1558 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1559 can talk to the chip.
1560 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1561 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1562 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1563 and other processing engines.
1564
1565 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1566
1567 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1568 letting board config files express environment-specific
1569 differences in how things should be set up.
1570
1571 @example
1572 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1573 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1574 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1575 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1576 @} else @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1578 @}
1579
1580 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1581 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1582 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1583 @} else @{
1584 set _ENDIAN little
1585 @}
1586
1587 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1588 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1589 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1590 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1591 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1592 @} else @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1594 @}
1595 @end example
1596 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1597
1598 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1599 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1600 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1601
1602 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1603 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1604 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1605
1606 @example
1607 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1608 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1609 @end example
1610
1611 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1612 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1613 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1614 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1615 for taps.
1616
1617 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1618 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1619 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1620 looks (in part) like this:
1621
1622 @example
1623 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1624 @end example
1625
1626 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1627 to source such a config file twice, with different
1628 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1629 it adds a different TAP each time.
1630
1631 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1632 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1633 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1634 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1635
1636 @example
1637 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1638 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1639 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1641 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1642 @end example
1643
1644 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1645 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1646
1647 @itemize
1648 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1649 plus a JRC to enable them
1650 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1651 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1652 is not currently used)
1653 @end itemize
1654
1655 @subsection Add CPU targets
1656
1657 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1658 GDB and other commands can use it.
1659 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1660 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1661 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1662 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1663
1664 @example
1665 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1666 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1667 @end example
1668
1669 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1670 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1671 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1672 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1673 a work area if you can.
1674 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1675
1676 @example
1677 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1678 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1679 @end example
1680 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1681 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1682 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1683 @cindex SMP
1684 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1685
1686 @example
1687 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1688 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1689 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1690 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1691 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1692 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1693 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1694 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1695 @end example
1696 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1697 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1698 @itemize @bullet
1699 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1700 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1701 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1702 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1703 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1704 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1705 @end itemize
1706
1707 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1708 command have been implemented.
1709 @itemize @bullet
1710 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1711 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1712 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1713 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1714 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1715 following example.
1716 @end itemize
1717
1718 @example
1719 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1720 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1721 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1722 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1723 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1724 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1725 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1726 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1727 > resume
1728 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1729 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1730 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1731 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1732 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1733 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1734 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1735 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1736 @end example
1737
1738
1739 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1740
1741 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1742 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1743 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1744
1745 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1746 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1747 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1748 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1749 both signals.
1750
1751 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1752 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1753 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1754 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1755 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1756 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1757 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1758 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1759 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1760 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1761 not available.)
1762
1763 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1764 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1765 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1766 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1767 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1768 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1769 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1770 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1771
1772 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1773 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1774 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1775 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1776 slower clock than they will use later.
1777 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1778 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1779 than they will use later.
1780 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1781
1782 @quotation Important
1783 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1784 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1785 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1786 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1787 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1788 @end quotation
1789
1790 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1791
1792 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1793 special high speed download features - enable it.
1794
1795 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1796
1797 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1798 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1799 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1800 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1801 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1802 If you are using an external trace port,
1803 configure it in your board config file.
1804 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1805 configure it in your target config file.
1806
1807 @example
1808 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1809 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1810 @end example
1811
1812 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1813
1814 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1815
1816 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1817 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1818 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1819 the TARGET (chip) file.
1820
1821 Examples:
1822 @itemize @bullet
1823 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1824 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1825 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1826 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1827 @end itemize
1828
1829 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1830 @section Translating Configuration Files
1831 @cindex translation
1832 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1833 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1834 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1835 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1836 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1837 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1838
1839 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1840 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1841 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1842 convert other scripts later on.
1843
1844 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1845 replace job:
1846
1847 @example
1848 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1849 #
1850 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1851 #
1852 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1853 #
1854 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1855
1856 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1857 global TARGETNAME
1858
1859 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1860
1861 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1862 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1863 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1864 @}
1865 @end example
1866
1867
1868
1869 @node Daemon Configuration
1870 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1871 @cindex initialization
1872 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1873 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1874 supported.
1875
1876 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1877 @section Configuration Stage
1878 @cindex configuration stage
1879 @cindex config command
1880
1881 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1882 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1883 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1884 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1885 inside startup scripts.
1886
1887 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1888 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1889 which may be issued interactively.
1890 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1891 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1892
1893 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1894 flash banks,
1895 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1896 and other basic setup.
1897 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1898 may access or activate TAPs.
1899 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1900 longer be issued.
1901
1902 @section Entering the Run Stage
1903
1904 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1905 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1906 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1907 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1908 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1909 You should see no errors at this point.
1910 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1911 commands you used to configure the server.
1912 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1913 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1914 on the scan chain.
1915
1916 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1917 become available.
1918 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1919 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1920 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1921 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1922 entry to the run stage.
1923
1924 @deffn {Config Command} init
1925 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1926 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1927 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1928 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1929 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1930 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1931
1932 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1933 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1934 configuration files and/or command line options.
1935
1936 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1937 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1938 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1939 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1940 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1941 @end deffn
1942
1943 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1944 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1945 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1946
1947 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1948 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1949 scan chain.
1950 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1951 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1952
1953 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1954 they return.
1955 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1956 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1957 @end deffn
1958
1959 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1960 @section TCP/IP Ports
1961 @cindex TCP port
1962 @cindex server
1963 @cindex port
1964 @cindex security
1965 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1966 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1967 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1968
1969 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1970 access using one or more of these ports.
1971 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1972 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1973 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1974
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1976 @cindex GDB server
1977 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1978 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1979 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1980 the normal use cases.
1981
1982 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1983 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1984 disables the gdb server.
1985
1986 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1987 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1988
1989 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1990 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1991
1992 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1993 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1994 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1995
1996 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1997 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1998 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1999 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2000 @end deffn
2001
2002 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2003 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2004 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2005 output from the Tcl engine.
2006 Intended as a machine interface.
2007 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2008 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2009
2010 @end deffn
2011
2012 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2013 Specify or query the
2014 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2015 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2016 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2017 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2018 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2019 @end deffn
2020
2021 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2022 @section GDB Configuration
2023 @cindex GDB
2024 @cindex GDB configuration
2025 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2026 The ones listed here are static and global.
2027 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2028 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2029
2030 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2031 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2032 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2033 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2034 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2035 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2036 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2037 @end deffn
2038
2039 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2040 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2041 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2042 vFlash packet is received.
2043 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2044 @end deffn
2045
2046 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2047 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2048 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2049 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2050 for flash programming to work.
2051 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2052 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2053 @end deffn
2054
2055 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2056 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2057 by GDB memory read packets.
2058 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2059 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @anchor{Event Polling}
2063 @section Event Polling
2064
2065 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2066 where significant events can happen at any time.
2067 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2068 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2069 or to GDB.
2070
2071 Examples of such events include:
2072
2073 @itemize
2074 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2075 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2076 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2077 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2078 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2079 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2080 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2081 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2082 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2083 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2084 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2085 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2086 @end itemize
2087
2088 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2089 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2090 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2091 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2092 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2093
2094 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2095 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2096 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2097 to the various active targets.
2098 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2099 which is normally done in the background.
2100
2101 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2102 Poll the current target for its current state.
2103 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2104 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2105 specific information about the current state is printed.
2106 An optional parameter
2107 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2108
2109 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2110 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2111 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2112 @example
2113 > poll
2114 background polling: on
2115 target state: halted
2116 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2117 current mode: Supervisor
2118 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2119 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2120 >
2121 @end example
2122 @end deffn
2123
2124 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2125 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2126 @cindex config file, interface
2127 @cindex interface config file
2128
2129 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2130 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2131 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2132
2133 @quotation Note
2134 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2135 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2136 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2137 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2138 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2139 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2140 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2141 @end quotation
2142
2143 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2144 through commands in an interface configuration
2145 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2146 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2147
2148 @example
2149 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2150 @end example
2151
2152 These commands tell
2153 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2154 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2155
2156 @example
2157 # jlink interface
2158 interface jlink
2159 @end example
2160
2161 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2162
2163
2164 @section Interface Configuration
2165
2166 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2167 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2168 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2169
2170 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2171 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2172 target.
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2176 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2177 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2178 @end deffn
2179 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2180 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2181 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2182 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2183 the hardware can support.
2184 @end deffn
2185
2186
2187
2188 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2189 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2190 @end deffn
2191
2192 @section Interface Drivers
2193
2194 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2195 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2196 available at run time.
2197
2198 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2199 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2200 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2201 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2202
2203 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2204 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2205 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2206 @end deffn
2207
2208 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2209 Displays status of RTCK option.
2210 Optionally sets that option first.
2211 @end deffn
2212 @end deffn
2213
2214 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2215 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2216 This has one driver-specific command:
2217
2218 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2219 Logs some status
2220 @end deffn
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2224 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2225 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2226 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2227 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2228 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2232 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2233 @end deffn
2234
2235 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2236 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2240 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2241 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2242 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2243
2244 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2245 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2246 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2247 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2248 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2249 @end deffn
2250
2251 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2252 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2253 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2254 is connected to the host.
2255 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2256 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2257 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2258 @end deffn
2259
2260 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2261 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2262 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2263 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2264 @itemize @minus
2265 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2266 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2267 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2268 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2269 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2270 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2271 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2272 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2273 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2274 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2275 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2276 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2277 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2278 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2279 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2280 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2281 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2282 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2283 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2284 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2285 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2286 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2287 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2288 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2289 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2290 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2291 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2292 @end itemize
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2296 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2297 default values are used.
2298 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2299 @example
2300 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2301 @end example
2302 @end deffn
2303
2304 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2305 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2306 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2307 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2308 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2309 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2310 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2311 @end deffn
2312
2313 For example, the interface config file for a
2314 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2315
2316 @example
2317 interface ft2232
2318 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2319 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2320 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2321 @end example
2322 @end deffn
2323
2324 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2325 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2326 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2327 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2328
2329 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2330 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2331 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2332 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2333 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2337 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2338 default values are used.
2339 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2340 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2341 @example
2342 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2343 @end example
2344 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2345 @example
2346 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2347 @end example
2348 @end deffn
2349
2350 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2351 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2352 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2353 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2354
2355 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2356 @example
2357 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2358 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2359 @end example
2360 @end deffn
2361
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2365 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2366 This has one driver-specific command:
2367
2368 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2369 Display either the address of the I/O port
2370 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2371 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2372 This is a write-once setting.
2373 @end deffn
2374 @end deffn
2375
2376 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2377 Segger jlink USB adapter
2378 @c command: jlink caps
2379 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2380 @c command: jlink config
2381 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2382 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2383 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2384 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2385 @c set the MAC Address
2386 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2387 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2388 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2389 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2390 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2391 @c command: jlink config reset
2392 @c reset the current config
2393 @c command: jlink config save
2394 @c save the current config
2395 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2396 @c set the USB-Address,
2397 @c This will change the product id
2398 @c command: jlink info
2399 @c dumps status
2400 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2401 @c sets version 2 or 3
2402 @c command: jlink pid
2403 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2404 @end deffn
2405
2406 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2407 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2408 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2409 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2410 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2411
2412 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2413 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2414 This is a write-once setting.
2415 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2416
2417 @itemize @minus
2418 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2419 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2420 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2421 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2422 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2423 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2424 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2425 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2426 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2427 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2428 some versions of
2429 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2430 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2431 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2432 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2433 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2434 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2435 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2436 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2437 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2438 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2439 @end itemize
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2443 Display either the address of the I/O port
2444 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2445 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2446 This is a write-once setting.
2447
2448 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2449 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2450 you may encounter a problem.
2451 @end deffn
2452
2453 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2454 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2455 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2456 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2457 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2458 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2459
2460 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2461 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2462 @quotation Tip
2463 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2464 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2465 @example
2466 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2467 > adapter_khz 500
2468 @end example
2469 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2470 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2471 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2472 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2473 large set of samples.
2474 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2475 @example
2476 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2477 @end example
2478 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2479 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2480
2481 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2482 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2483 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2484 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2485 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2486 @end quotation
2487 @end deffn
2488
2489 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2490 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2491 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2492 @end deffn
2493
2494 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2495 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2496
2497 @example
2498 interface parport
2499 parport_port 0x278
2500 parport_cable wiggler
2501 @end example
2502 @end deffn
2503
2504 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2505 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2506 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2507 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2508 @end deffn
2509 @end deffn
2510
2511 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2512 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2513 @end deffn
2514
2515 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2516 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2517 @end deffn
2518
2519 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2520 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2521
2522 @quotation Note
2523 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2524 which are not currently documented here.
2525 @end quotation
2526 @end deffn
2527
2528 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2529 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2530 @end deffn
2531
2532 @quotation Note
2533 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2534 which are not currently documented here.
2535 @end quotation
2536
2537 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2538 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2539 No arguments: print status.
2540 @end deffn
2541
2542 @section Transport Configuration
2543 @cindex Transport
2544 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2545 and the debug adapter you are using,
2546 several transports may be available to
2547 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2548 @deffn Command {transport list}
2549 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2550 version of OpenOCD.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2554 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2555 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2556 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2557 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2558 @end deffn
2559
2560 @subsection JTAG Transport
2561 @cindex JTAG
2562 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2563 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2564 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2565 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2566 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2567 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2568 @subsection SWD Transport
2569 @cindex SWD
2570 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2571 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2572 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2573 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2574 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2575 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2576 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2577 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2578 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2579 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2580 expected to change.
2581 @end deffn
2582 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2583 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2584 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2585 No parameters: displays current settings.
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @subsection SPI Transport
2589 @cindex SPI
2590 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2591 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2592 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2593 solution for flash programming.
2594
2595 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2596 @section JTAG Speed
2597 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2598 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2599 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2600 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2601 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2602 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2603 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2604 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2605 power management software that may be active.
2606
2607 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2608 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2609 target event handler.
2610 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2611 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2612 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2613 sets up those clocks).
2614 @xref{Target Events}.
2615 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2616 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2617 in the target config file.
2618 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2619 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2620 config file instead.
2621 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2622 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2623 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2624
2625 @example
2626 jtag_rclk 3000
2627 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2628 @end example
2629
2630 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2631 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2632 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2633 may not be the fastest solution.
2634
2635 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2636 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2637 which support adaptive clocking.
2638
2639 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2640 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2641 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2642 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2643 than the speed specified.
2644
2645 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2646 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2647 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2648 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2649
2650 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2651 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2652 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2653 JTAG clocking after setup.
2654 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2655 If the interface device can not
2656 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2657 @end deffn
2658
2659 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2660 @cindex adaptive clocking
2661 @cindex RTCK
2662 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2663 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2664 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2665 @example
2666 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2667 jtag_rclk 3000
2668 @end example
2669 @end defun
2670
2671 @node Reset Configuration
2672 @chapter Reset Configuration
2673 @cindex Reset Configuration
2674
2675 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2676 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2677 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2678 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2679 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2680 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2681 Please see the various board files for examples.
2682
2683 @quotation Note
2684 To maintainers and integrators:
2685 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2686 Normally the board configuration file
2687 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2688 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2689
2690 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2691 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2692 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2693 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2694 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2695 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2696 @end quotation
2697
2698 @section Types of Reset
2699
2700 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2701 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2702 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2703
2704 @itemize @bullet
2705 @item
2706 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2707 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2708 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2709 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2710 @item
2711 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2712 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2713 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2714 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2715 @item
2716 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2717 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2718 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2719 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2720 @item
2721 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2722 several other types of reset.
2723 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2724 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2725 There may be individual module resets.
2726 @end itemize
2727
2728 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2729 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2730 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2731 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2732 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2733 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2734 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2735 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2736 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2737
2738 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2739 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2740
2741 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2742 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2743 common issues are:
2744
2745 @itemize @bullet
2746
2747 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2748 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2749 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2750 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2751 when either of those signals is not connected.
2752 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2753 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2754 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2755 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2756
2757 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2758 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2759 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2760 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2761
2762 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2763 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2764 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2765 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2766 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2767 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2768 hardware debouncing.
2769 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2770 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2771
2772 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2773 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2774 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2775 to use push/pull output drivers.
2776 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2777 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2778 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2779 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2780
2781 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2782 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2783 issues (not limited to errata).
2784 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2785 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2786 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2787 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2788 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2789 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2790 @end itemize
2791
2792 There can also be other issues.
2793 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2794 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2795 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2796 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2797 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2798 Agreement (NDA).
2799
2800 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2801 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2802 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2803
2804 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2805 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2806
2807 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2808
2809 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2810 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2811 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2812 allowing it to be deasserted.
2813 @end deffn
2814
2815 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2816 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2817 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2818 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2819 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2820 @end deffn
2821
2822 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2823 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2824 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2825 allowing it to be deasserted.
2826 @end deffn
2827
2828 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2829 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2830 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2831 @end deffn
2832
2833 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2834 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2835 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2836 configuration scripts.
2837
2838 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2839 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2840 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2841 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2842 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2843 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2844 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2845 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2846
2847 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2848 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2849 @var{gates},
2850 @var{trst_type},
2851 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2852 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2853 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2854 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2855 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2856 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2857
2858 @itemize
2859 @item
2860 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2861 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2862 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2863 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2864 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2865
2866 @quotation Tip
2867 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2868 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2869 @end quotation
2870
2871 @item
2872 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2873 signal implementations.
2874 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2875 indicating everything behaves normally.
2876 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2877 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2878 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2879 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2880 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2881 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2882 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2883
2884 @item
2885 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2886 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2887 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2888 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2889 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2890 while SRST is asserted.
2891 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2892 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2893 @end itemize
2894
2895 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2896 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2897 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2898 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2899 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2900
2901 @itemize
2902 @item
2903 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2904 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2905 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2906 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2907
2908 @item
2909 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2910 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2911 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2912 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2913 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2914 @end itemize
2915 @end deffn
2916
2917 @section Custom Reset Handling
2918 @cindex events
2919
2920 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2921 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2922 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2923 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2924 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2925 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2926
2927 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2928 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2929 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2930 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2931 want to reset everything at once.
2932
2933 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2934 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2935 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2936 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2937 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2938 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2939 needs special attention.
2940
2941 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2942 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2943 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2944 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2945 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2946 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2947 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2948 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2949
2950 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2951 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2952 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2953 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2954 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2955
2956 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2957 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2958 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2959 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2960 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2961 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2962 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2963 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2964 or potentially some other value.
2965
2966 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2967 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2968 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2969 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2970 (or their associated targets)
2971 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2972
2973 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2974 they return.
2975 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2976 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2977 @end deffn
2978
2979 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2980 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2981 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2982 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2983 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2984 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2985 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2986 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2987 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2988 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2989 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2990 @end deffn
2991
2992 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2993 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2994 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2995 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2996 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2997 @end deffn
2998
2999
3000 @node TAP Declaration
3001 @chapter TAP Declaration
3002 @cindex TAP declaration
3003 @cindex TAP configuration
3004
3005 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3006 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3007
3008 @itemize @bullet
3009 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3010 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3011 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3012 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3013 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3014 start running that code.
3015 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3016 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3017 and missing connections
3018 @end itemize
3019
3020 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3021 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3022 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3023 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3024 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3025
3026 @section Scan Chains
3027 @cindex scan chain
3028
3029 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3030 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3031 They also need to be added to
3032 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3033 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3034 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3035 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3036 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3037 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3038 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3039 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3040
3041 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3042 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3043 command, presented in the next chapter.
3044 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3045 debugging targets.)
3046 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3047
3048 @verbatim
3049 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3050 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3051 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3052 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3053 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3054 @end verbatim
3055
3056 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3057 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3058 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3059 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3060 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3061 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3062 until they are told to do so.
3063
3064 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3065 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3066 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3067 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3068
3069 @example
3070 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3071 @end example
3072
3073 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3074 by a given chip.
3075 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3076 and so forth.
3077 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3078 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3079 a single chip and between them.
3080 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3081
3082 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3083 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3084 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3085 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3086 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3087 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3088 includes commands something like this:
3089
3090 @example
3091 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3092 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3093 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3094 @end example
3095
3096 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3097 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3098 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3099
3100 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3101 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3102 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3103 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3104 @example
3105 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3106 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3107 @}
3108 @end example
3109 @end deffn
3110
3111 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3112 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3113 and their status.
3114 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3115 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3116 but systems with a JTAG router can
3117 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3118 @end deffn
3119
3120 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3121 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3122
3123 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3124 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3125
3126 @section TAP Names
3127 @cindex dotted name
3128
3129 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3130 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3131 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3132 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3133 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3134 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3135 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3136 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3137
3138 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3139 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3140 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3141
3142 @quotation Tip
3143 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3144 This feature is still present.
3145 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3146 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3147 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3148 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3149 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3150 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3151 @end quotation
3152
3153 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3154
3155 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3156 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3157 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3158 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3159 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3160
3161 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3162 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3163 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3164 overridable.
3165
3166 @cindex TAP naming convention
3167 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3168 and should follow this convention:
3169
3170 @itemize @bullet
3171 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3172 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3173 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3174 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3175 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3176 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3177 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3178 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3179 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3180 with a single TAP;
3181 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3182 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3183 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3184 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3185 @end itemize
3186
3187 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3188
3189 @itemize @bullet
3190 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3191 @*The length in bits of the
3192 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3193 @end itemize
3194
3195 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3196
3197 @itemize @bullet
3198 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3199 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3200 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3201 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3202 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3203 (the TAP is linked in).
3204 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3205 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3206 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3207 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3208 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3209 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3210 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3211 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3212 values that were found but not included in the list.
3213
3214 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3215 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3216 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3217 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3218 hardware to find these values.
3219 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3220 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3221 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3222 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3223 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3224 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3225 the various chip IDs.
3226 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3227 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3228 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3229 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3230 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3231 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3232 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3233 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3234 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3235 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3236 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3237 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3238 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3239 @end itemize
3240 @end deffn
3241
3242 @section Other TAP commands
3243
3244 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3245 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3246 At this writing this TAP attribute
3247 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3248 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3249 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3250 See the next section for information about the available events.
3251
3252 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3253 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3254 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3255 @end deffn
3256
3257 @anchor{TAP Events}
3258 @section TAP Events
3259 @cindex events
3260 @cindex TAP events
3261
3262 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3263 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3264 The other applies to debugger targets,
3265 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3266
3267 The TAP events currently defined are:
3268
3269 @itemize @bullet
3270 @item @b{post-reset}
3271 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3272 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3273 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3274 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3275 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3276
3277 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3278 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3279 of any particular target.
3280 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3281 @item @b{setup}
3282 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3283 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3284 @item @b{tap-disable}
3285 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3286 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3287 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3288 @item @b{tap-enable}
3289 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3290 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3291 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3292 @end itemize
3293
3294 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3295 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3296 contents to be accurate), you might:
3297
3298 @example
3299 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3300 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3301 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3302 @}
3303 @end example
3304
3305
3306 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3307 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3308 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3309 @cindex jrc
3310
3311 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3312 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3313 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3314 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3315 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3316
3317 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3318 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3319 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3320 be visible.
3321 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3322 ignores, such as:
3323
3324 @itemize
3325 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3326 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3327 TAPs receive new instructions.
3328 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3329 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3330 @end itemize
3331
3332 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3333 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3334 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3335 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3336
3337 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3338 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3339
3340 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3341 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3342 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3343 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3344 should define TAP event handlers using
3345 code that looks something like this:
3346
3347 @example
3348 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3349 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3350 @}
3351 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3352 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3353 @}
3354 @end example
3355
3356 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3357
3358 @example
3359 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3360 @end example
3361
3362 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3363 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3364 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3365 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3366
3367 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3368 If necessary, disables the tap
3369 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3370 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3371 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3372 and "0" if it is disabled.
3373 @end deffn
3374
3375 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3376 If necessary, enables the tap
3377 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3378 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3379 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3380 and "0" if it is disabled.
3381 @end deffn
3382
3383 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3384 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3385 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3386 and "0" if it is disabled.
3387
3388 @quotation Note
3389 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3390 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3391 @end quotation
3392 @end deffn
3393
3394 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3395 @section Autoprobing
3396 @cindex autoprobe
3397 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3398
3399 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3400 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3401 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3402 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3403
3404 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3405 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3406 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3407 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3408 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3409 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3410 right when they come out of reset).
3411
3412 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3413
3414 @example
3415 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3416 reset_config trst_and_srst
3417 jtag_rclk 8
3418 @end example
3419
3420 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3421 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3422
3423 @enumerate
3424 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3425 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3426 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3427 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3428 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3429 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3430 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3431 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3432 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3433 that is discovered.
3434 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3435 register, it will report it.
3436 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3437 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3438 @end enumerate
3439
3440 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3441 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3442 that's a bit more complex:
3443
3444 @example
3445 clock speed 8 kHz
3446 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3447 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3448 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3449 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3450 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3451 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3452 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3453 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3454 @end example
3455
3456 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3457 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3458 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3459 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3460 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3461 and so forth.
3462
3463 @node CPU Configuration
3464 @chapter CPU Configuration
3465 @cindex GDB target
3466
3467 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3468 You can also access these targets without GDB
3469 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3470 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3471 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3472 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3473
3474 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3475 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3476
3477 @section Target List
3478 @cindex target, current
3479 @cindex target, list
3480
3481 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3482 where each member has a name.
3483 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3484 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3485 (plural!) command.
3486 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3487 look like with more than one:
3488 @verbatim
3489 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3490 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3491 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3492 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3493 @end verbatim
3494
3495 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3496 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3497 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3498 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3499 space seen by that current target.
3500 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3501 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3502 are examples; and there are many more.
3503
3504 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3505
3506 @deffn Command {target count}
3507 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3508 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3509 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3510
3511 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3512 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3513 @example
3514 set c [target count]
3515 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3516 # Assuming you have created this function
3517 print_target_details $x
3518 @}
3519 @end example
3520 @end deffn
3521
3522 @deffn Command {target current}
3523 Returns the name of the current target.
3524 @end deffn
3525
3526 @deffn Command {target names}
3527 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3528 @example
3529 foreach t [target names] @{
3530 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3531 @}
3532 @end example
3533 @end deffn
3534
3535 @deffn Command {target number} number
3536 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3537 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3538
3539 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3540 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3541 @example
3542 set thename [target number $x]
3543 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3544 @end example
3545 @end deffn
3546
3547 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3548 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3549
3550 @deffn Command targets [name]
3551 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3552 command names are singular.}
3553
3554 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3555 targets in a user friendly form.
3556
3557 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3558 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3559 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3560 @end deffn
3561
3562 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3563 @cindex target type
3564 @cindex CPU type
3565 @cindex CPU variant
3566
3567 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3568 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3569 when calling @command{target create}.
3570 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3571 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3572 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3573 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3574 what core-specific commands may be available
3575 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3576 and more.
3577
3578 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3579 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3580 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3581 worked around in some chip versions.
3582
3583 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3584 since there's a command to list them.
3585 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3586 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3587
3588 @anchor{target types}
3589 @deffn Command {target types}
3590 Lists all supported target types.
3591 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3592
3593 @itemize @bullet
3594 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3595 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3596 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3597 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3598 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3599 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3600 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3601 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3602 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3603 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3604 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3605 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3606 @itemize @minus
3607 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3608 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3609 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3610 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3611 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3612 @end itemize
3613 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3614 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3615 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3616 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3617 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3618 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3619 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3620 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3621 There are several variants defined:
3622 @itemize @minus
3623 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3624 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3625 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3626 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3627 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3628 @end itemize
3629 @end itemize
3630 @end deffn
3631
3632 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3633 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3634 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3635 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3636 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3637 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3638 reflect design generations;
3639 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3640 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3641
3642 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3643 @section Target Configuration
3644
3645 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3646 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3647 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3648 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3649 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3650
3651 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3652 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3653 optional parts.
3654 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3655 command, created as part of target creation.
3656
3657 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3658 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3659 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3660 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3661 to be much more board-specific.
3662 The key steps you use might look something like this
3663
3664 @example
3665 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3666 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3667 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3668 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3669 @end example
3670
3671 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3672 on-chip SRAM.
3673 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3674 writes to target memory;
3675 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3676 GDB memory checksumming;
3677 and more.
3678
3679 @quotation Warning
3680 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3681 inaccessible when application code
3682 (such as an operating system)
3683 enables or disables the MMU.
3684 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3685 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3686 easy access to other addresses needed.
3687 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3688 @end quotation
3689
3690 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3691 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3692 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3693 controllers.
3694 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3695 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3696 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3697
3698 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3699 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3700 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3701 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3702 purposes including additional configuration.
3703
3704 @itemize @bullet
3705 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3706 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3707 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3708 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3709
3710 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3711 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3712 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3713 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3714 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3715 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3716 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3717 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3718
3719 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3720 @end itemize
3721 @end deffn
3722
3723 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3724 The options accepted by this command may also be
3725 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3726 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3727 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3728
3729 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3730 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3731 and changing its endianness or variant.
3732
3733 @itemize @bullet
3734
3735 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3736 used to access this target.
3737
3738 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3739 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3740
3741 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3742 @xref{Target Events}.
3743 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3744 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3745 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3746 same event name assigns only one handler.
3747
3748 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3749 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3750
3751 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3752 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3753 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3754 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3755 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3756 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3757 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3758
3759 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3760 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3761 or virtual address is being used.
3762
3763 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3764 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3765
3766 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3767 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3768 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3769 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3770 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3771
3772 @end itemize
3773 @end deffn
3774
3775 @section Other $target_name Commands
3776 @cindex object command
3777
3778 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3779 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3780
3781 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3782 Once a button is created a button
3783 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3784 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3785 configure it like this:
3786
3787 @example
3788 # Create
3789 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3790 # Modify
3791 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3792 # Query
3793 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3794 # Report
3795 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3796 @end example
3797
3798 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3799 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3800
3801 @example
3802 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3803 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3804 @end example
3805
3806 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3807
3808 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3809 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3810 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3811 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3812 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3813 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3814 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3815 They are not otherwise documented here.
3816 @end deffn
3817
3818 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3819 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3820 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3821 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3822 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3823 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3824 the target side uses raw memory.
3825
3826 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3827 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3828 The script orientation comes from working with data
3829 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3830 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3831 and neither store nor return those values.
3832
3833 @itemize
3834 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3835 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3836 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3837 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3838 @end itemize
3839 @end deffn
3840
3841 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3842 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3843 @command{$target_name configure}
3844 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3845 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3846 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3847 There are a few special cases:
3848
3849 @itemize @bullet
3850 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3851 event named @var{event_name}.
3852 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3853 two parameters.
3854 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3855 This is a special case because this is set using
3856 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3857 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3858 @end itemize
3859
3860 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3861 all the targets you might use something like this:
3862
3863 @example
3864 foreach name [target names] @{
3865 set y [$name cget -endian]
3866 set z [$name cget -type]
3867 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3868 $x $name $y $z]
3869 @}
3870 @end example
3871 @end deffn
3872
3873 @anchor{target curstate}
3874 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3875 Displays the current target state:
3876 @code{debug-running},
3877 @code{halted},
3878 @code{reset},
3879 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3880 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3881 @end deffn
3882
3883 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3884 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3885 currently associated with this target.
3886 @xref{Target Events}.
3887 @end deffn
3888
3889 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3890 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3891 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3892 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3893 @end deffn
3894
3895 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3896 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3897 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3898 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3899 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3900 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3901 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3902 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3903 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3904 @end deffn
3905
3906 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3907 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3908 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3909 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3910 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3911 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3912 @end deffn
3913
3914 @anchor{Target Events}
3915 @section Target Events
3916 @cindex target events
3917 @cindex events
3918 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3919 For example:
3920 @itemize @bullet
3921 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3922 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3923 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3924 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3925 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3926 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3927 to set up system clocks or
3928 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3929 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3930 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3931 @end itemize
3932
3933 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3934 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3935 @command{target create ... -event}.
3936
3937 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3938 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3939 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3940
3941 @example
3942 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3943 echo "Reset..."
3944 reset halt
3945 @}
3946 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3947 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3948 echo "Reset..."
3949 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3950 reset init
3951 @}
3952 @end example
3953
3954 The following target events are defined:
3955
3956 @itemize @bullet
3957 @item @b{debug-halted}
3958 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3959 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3960 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3961 @item @b{early-halted}
3962 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3963 @ignore
3964 @item @b{examine-end}
3965 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3966 @item @b{examine-start}
3967 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3968 @end ignore
3969 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3970 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3971 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3972 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3973 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3974 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3975 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3976 @* When GDB disconnects
3977 @item @b{gdb-end}
3978 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3979 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3980 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3981 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3982 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3983 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3984 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3985 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3986 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3987 @item @b{gdb-start}
3988 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3989 @item @b{halted}
3990 @* The target has halted
3991 @ignore
3992 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3993 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3994 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3995 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3996 @end ignore
3997 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3998 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3999 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4000 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4001 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4002 @item @b{reset-assert}
4003 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4004 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4005 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4006 it instead of asserting SRST.
4007 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4008 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4009 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4010 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4011 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4012 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4013 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4014 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4015 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4016 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4017 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4018 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4019 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4020 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4021 released on the scan chain.
4022 @item @b{reset-end}
4023 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4024 @ignore
4025 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4026 @* Currently not used
4027 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4028 @* Currently not used
4029 @end ignore
4030 @item @b{reset-init}
4031 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4032 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4033
4034 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4035 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4036 multiplexing, and so on.
4037 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4038 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4039 @item @b{reset-start}
4040 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4041 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4042
4043 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4044 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4045 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4046 @ignore
4047 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4048 @* Currently not used
4049 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4050 @* Currently not used
4051 @end ignore
4052 @item @b{resume-start}
4053 @* Before any target is resumed
4054 @item @b{resume-end}
4055 @* After all targets have resumed
4056 @item @b{resume-ok}
4057 @* Success
4058 @item @b{resumed}
4059 @* Target has resumed
4060 @end itemize
4061
4062
4063 @node Flash Commands
4064 @chapter Flash Commands
4065
4066 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4067 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4068 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4069 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4070 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4071 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4072 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4073 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4074 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4075
4076 Flash Steps:
4077 @enumerate
4078 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4079 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4080 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4081 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4082 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4083 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4084 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4085 @item GDB Flashing
4086 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4087 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4088 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4089 @end enumerate
4090
4091 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4092 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4093 so that it can't boot.
4094 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4095 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4096
4097 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4098 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4099 @cindex flash configuration
4100
4101 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4102 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4103 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4104 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4105 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4106 see the driver-specific documentation.
4107
4108 @itemize @bullet
4109 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4110 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4111 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4112 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4113 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4114 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4115 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4116 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4117 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4118 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4119 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4120 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4121 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4122 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4123 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4124 commands to the flash controller.
4125 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4126 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4127 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4128 for more information.
4129 @end itemize
4130 @quotation Note
4131 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4132 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4133 @end quotation
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4137 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4138 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4139 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4140 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4141 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4142 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4143 @end deffn
4144
4145 @deffn Command {flash list}
4146 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4147 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4148 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4149 @end deffn
4150
4151 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4152 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4153 depends on the flash type.
4154 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4155 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4156 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4157 but most don't bother.
4158 @end deffn
4159
4160 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4161 @cindex flash erasing
4162 @cindex flash reading
4163 @cindex flash writing
4164 @cindex flash programming
4165
4166 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4167 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4168 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4169 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4170 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4171
4172 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4173 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4174 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4175 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4176 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4177
4178 @quotation Note
4179 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4180 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4181 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4182 back to a flash bank.
4183 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4184 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4185 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4186 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4187 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4188 @end quotation
4189
4190 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4191 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4192 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4193 disabled first.
4194 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4195 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4196 @xref{flash protect}.
4197
4198 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4199 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4200 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4201 up to and including @var{last}.
4202 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4203 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4204 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4205 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4206 @end deffn
4207
4208 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4209 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4210 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4211 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4212 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4213 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4214 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4215 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4216 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4217 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4218 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4219 before erase starts.
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4223 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4224 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4225 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4226 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4227 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4228 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4229 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4230 before issuing this command.
4231 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4232 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4233 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4234 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4235 @end deffn
4236 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4237
4238 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4239 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4240 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4241 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4242 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4243 @end deffn
4244
4245 @anchor{flash write_image}
4246 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4247 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4248 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4249 to the base address for each section in the image.
4250 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4251 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4252 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4253 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4254 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4255 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4256 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4257 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4258 each image section.
4259
4260 @quotation Warning
4261 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4262 data you want to preserve.
4263 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4264 sections might be erased with no notice.
4265 @itemize
4266 @item
4267 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4268 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4269 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4270 @item
4271 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4272 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4273 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4274 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4275 @end itemize
4276 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4277 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4278 @end quotation
4279
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282 @section Other Flash commands
4283 @cindex flash protection
4284
4285 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4286 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4287 and display that status.
4288 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4289 @end deffn
4290
4291 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4292 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4293 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4294 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4295 and possibly stale information.
4296 @end deffn
4297
4298 @anchor{flash protect}
4299 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4300 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4301 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4302 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4303 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4304 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4305 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4306 @end deffn
4307
4308 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4309 @section Flash Driver List
4310 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4311 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4312 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4313
4314 @subsection External Flash
4315
4316 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4317 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4318 @cindex CFI
4319 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4320 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4321 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4322 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4323 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4324 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4325 configure a bus and its timings), or
4326 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4327 on the flash chip.
4328 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4329 speed up operation.
4330
4331 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4332
4333 @itemize
4334 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4335 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4336 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4337 @end itemize
4338
4339 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4340 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4341
4342 @example
4343 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4344 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4345 @end example
4346
4347 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4348 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4349 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4350
4351 @example
4352 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4353 @end example
4354
4355 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4356 @end deffn
4357
4358 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4359 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4360 @cindex SMI
4361 @cindex stmsmi
4362 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4363 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4364 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4365 SPI flash devices.
4366 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4367 flash devices can be connected.
4368
4369 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4370 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4371 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4372 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4373 the flash content.
4374
4375 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4376 to identify the memory bank.
4377 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4378 flash size, are detected automatically.
4379
4380 @example
4381 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4382 @end example
4383
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4387
4388 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4389 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4390 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4391 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4392 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4393 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4394
4395 @example
4396 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4397 @end example
4398 @end deffn
4399
4400 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4401 @cindex at91sam3
4402 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4403 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4404 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4405 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4406 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4407 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4408 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4409 chips are confirmed.}
4410
4411 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4412 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4413 the following fixed locations:
4414
4415 @example
4416 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4417 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4418 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4419 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4420 @end example
4421
4422 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4423 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4424 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4425
4426 @itemize
4427 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4428 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4429 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4430 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4431 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4432 @end itemize
4433
4434 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4435
4436 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4437 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4438 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4439 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4440 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4441 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4442 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4443
4444 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4445 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4446 @end deffn
4447
4448 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4449 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4450 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4451 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4452 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4453 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4454 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4455 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4456 @end deffn
4457
4458 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4459 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4460 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4461 @end deffn
4462 @end deffn
4463
4464 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4465 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4466 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4467 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4468 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4469
4470 @example
4471 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4472 @end example
4473
4474 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4475 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4476
4477 @itemize
4478 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4479 @item @var{banks}
4480 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4481 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4482 @item @var{pages_size}
4483 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4484 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4485 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4486 @end itemize
4487
4488 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4489 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4490 will be autoconfigured.
4491 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4492
4493 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4494 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4495 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4496 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4497 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4498
4499 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4500 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4501 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4502 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4503 are not truly general purpose).
4504 @quotation Note
4505 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4506 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4507 @end quotation
4508 @end deffn
4509 @end deffn
4510
4511 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4512 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4513 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4514 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4515 @end deffn
4516
4517 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4518 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4519 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4520 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4521 and executed.
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4525 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4526 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4527
4528 @quotation Note
4529 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4530 driver:
4531 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4532 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4533 @end quotation
4534
4535 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4536 which must appear in the following order:
4537
4538 @itemize
4539 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4540 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4541 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4542 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4543 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4544 at which the core is running
4545 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4546 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4547 @quotation Note
4548 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4549 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4550 However, if you do provide it,
4551 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4552 @end quotation
4553 @end itemize
4554
4555 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4556
4557 @example
4558 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4559 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4560 @end example
4561
4562 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4563 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4564 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4565 @end deffn
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4569 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4570 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4571 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4572 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4573 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4574
4575 @example
4576 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4577 @end example
4578 @end deffn
4579
4580 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4581 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4582 from NXP.
4583
4584 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4585 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4586 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4587 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4588 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4589 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4590 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4591 you start the PLL.
4592
4593 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4594
4595 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4596 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4597 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4598
4599 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4600 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4601 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4602 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4603 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4604 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4605 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4606
4607 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4608 @example
4609 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4610 @end example
4611
4612 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4613 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4614 @code{flash banks} command.
4615
4616 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4617 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4618 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4619 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4620 a known signature.
4621 Example:
4622 @example
4623 lpc2900 signature 0
4624 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4625 @end example
4626 @end deffn
4627
4628 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4629 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4630 saves it to a file in binary format.
4631 Example:
4632 @example
4633 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4634 @end example
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4638 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4639 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4640 command:
4641
4642 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4643 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4644 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4645 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4646
4647 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4648 Example:
4649 @example
4650 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4651 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4652 @end example
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4656 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4657 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4658 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4659 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4660 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4661 912 bytes.
4662 @quotation Attention
4663 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4664 @end quotation
4665 Example:
4666 @example
4667 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4668 @end example
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4672 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4673 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4674 after the next power cycle.
4675 @quotation Attention
4676 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4677 @end quotation
4678 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4679 Example:
4680 @example
4681 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4682 flash info 0
4683 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4684 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4685 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4686 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4687 @end example
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4691 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4692 effective after the next power cycle.
4693 @quotation Attention
4694 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4695 @end quotation
4696 Examples:
4697 @example
4698 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4699 @end example
4700 @end deffn
4701 @end deffn
4702
4703 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4704 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4705
4706 @example
4707 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4708 @end example
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4712 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4713 and integrate flash memory.
4714
4715 @example
4716 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4717 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4718 @end example
4719
4720 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4721 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4722 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4723 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4724 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4725 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4726 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4727 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4728 @end deffn
4729 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4730 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4731 This will remove any Code Protection.
4732 @end deffn
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4736 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4737 Texas Instruments
4738 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4739 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4740 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4741 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4742 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4743 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4744
4745 @example
4746 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4747 @end example
4748 @end deffn
4749
4750 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4751 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4752 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4753 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4754 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4755 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4756
4757 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4758 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4759 @quotation Warning
4760 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4761 applied to all of them.
4762 @end quotation
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4766 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4767 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4768 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4769 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4770
4771 @example
4772 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4773 @end example
4774
4775 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4776 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4777 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4778 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4779 are defined:
4780
4781 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4782 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4783 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4787 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4788 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4792 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4793 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4794 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4798 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4799 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4800 @end deffn
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4804 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4805 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4806 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4807 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4808 @end deffn
4809
4810 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4811 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4812 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4813 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4814 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4815
4816 @example
4817 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4818 @end example
4819
4820 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4821 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4822 for the specified flash bank.
4823 @end deffn
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4827 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4828 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4829 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4830 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4831
4832 @example
4833 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4834 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4835 @end example
4836
4837 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4838 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4839 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4840
4841 @itemize @bullet
4842 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4843 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4844 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4845 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4846 @end itemize
4847 @end deffn
4848
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4852 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4853 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4854 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4855
4856 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4857
4858 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4859 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4860 @end deffn
4861
4862 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4863 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4864 @end deffn
4865
4866 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4867 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4868 the flash clock.
4869 @end deffn
4870 @end deffn
4871
4872 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4873 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4874 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4875
4876 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4877
4878 @itemize
4879 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4880 @end itemize
4881
4882 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4883 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4884 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4885 @example
4886 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4887 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4888 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4889 @end example
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
4893 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
4894 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4895 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
4896 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
4897 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
4898 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
4899
4900 @example
4901 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4902 @end example
4903 @end deffn
4904
4905 @subsection str9xpec driver
4906 @cindex str9xpec
4907
4908 Here is some background info to help
4909 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4910 the str9:
4911 @enumerate
4912 @item
4913 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4914 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4915 @item
4916 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4917 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4918 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4919 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4920 @end enumerate
4921
4922 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4923 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4924 configured for flash bank 0.
4925 @example
4926 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4927 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4928 jtag_reset 0 1
4929 # turn off target polling
4930 poll off
4931 # disable str9 core
4932 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4933 # read option bytes
4934 str9xpec options_read 0
4935 # re-enable str9 core
4936 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4937 poll on
4938 reset halt
4939 @end example
4940 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4941 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4942 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4943 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4944
4945 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4946 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4947 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4948 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4949 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4950
4951 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4952
4953 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4954 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4955 @end deffn
4956
4957 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4958 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4959 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4963 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4964 erase the device.
4965 @end deffn
4966
4967 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4968 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4969 @end deffn
4970
4971 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4972 Configure str9 boot bank.
4973 @end deffn
4974
4975 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4976 Configure str9 lvd source.
4977 @end deffn
4978
4979 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4980 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4981 @end deffn
4982
4983 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4984 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4985 @end deffn
4986
4987 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4988 Read str9 option bytes.
4989 @end deffn
4990
4991 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4992 Write str9 option bytes.
4993 @end deffn
4994
4995 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4996 unlock str9 device.
4997 @end deffn
4998
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001
5002 @section mFlash
5003
5004 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5005 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5006
5007 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5008 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5009 address @var{base}.
5010 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5011 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5012
5013 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5014
5015 @example
5016 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5017 @end example
5018
5019 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5020
5021 @example
5022 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5023 @end example
5024 @end deffn
5025
5026 @subsection mFlash commands
5027 @cindex mFlash commands
5028
5029 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5030 Configure mflash PLL.
5031 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5032 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5033 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5034 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5035 @end deffn
5036
5037 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5038 Configure bootable option.
5039 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5040 (4kB) for boot.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5044 Configure storage information.
5045 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5046 written.
5047 @end deffn
5048
5049 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5050 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5051 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5055 Probe mflash.
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5059 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5060 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @node NAND Flash Commands
5064 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5065 @cindex NAND
5066
5067 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5068 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5069 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5070
5071 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5072 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5073 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5074 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5075 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5076 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5077
5078 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5079 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5080 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5081 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5082 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5083 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5084 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5085 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5086 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5087 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5088
5089 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5090 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5091 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5092 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5093 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5094 every 512 bytes of data.
5095
5096 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5097 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5098 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5099 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5100 ECC mode is used.
5101
5102 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5103 @enumerate
5104 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5105 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5106 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5107 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5108 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5109 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5110 to access that device.
5111 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5112 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5113 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5114 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5115 de-brick a board.
5116 @end enumerate
5117
5118 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5119 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5120 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5121 are only 32 bits wide.
5122 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5123 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5124 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5125 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5126
5127 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5128 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5129 @cindex NAND configuration
5130
5131 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5132 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5133 OpenOCD has initialized.
5134
5135 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5136 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5137 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5138 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5139 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5140 they were a single (larger) device.
5141 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5142 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5143
5144 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5145 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5146 configuration files, not interactively.
5147
5148 @itemize @bullet
5149 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5150 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5151 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5152 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5153 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5154 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5155 commands to the NAND controller.
5156 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5157 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5158 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5159 for more information.
5160 @end itemize
5161 @end deffn
5162
5163 @deffn Command {nand list}
5164 Prints a summary of each device declared
5165 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5166 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5167 @example
5168 > nand list
5169 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5170 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5171 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5172 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5173 >
5174 @end example
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5178 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5179 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5180 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5181 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5182 it with most other NAND commands.
5183 @end deffn
5184
5185 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5186
5187 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5188 @cindex NAND reading
5189 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5190 starting at the specified offset.
5191 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5192
5193 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5194 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5195
5196 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5197 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5198 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5199
5200 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5201 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5202 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5203 method which handled that error correction.
5204
5205 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5206 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5207 @itemize @bullet
5208 @item no oob_* parameter
5209 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5210 @item @code{oob_raw}
5211 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5212 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5213 spare areas associated with each data page.
5214 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5215 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5216 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5217 @item @code{oob_only}
5218 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5219 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5220 spare areas associated with each data page.
5221 @end itemize
5222 @end deffn
5223
5224 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5225 @cindex NAND erasing
5226 @cindex NAND programming
5227 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5228 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5229 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5230 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5231 If those parameters are not specified,
5232 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5233 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5234
5235 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5236 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5237 block marker.
5238 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5239 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5240 @end deffn
5241
5242 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5243 @cindex NAND writing
5244 @cindex NAND programming
5245 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5246 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5247 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5248 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5249
5250 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5251 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5252
5253 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5254 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5255 past the end of the device.
5256 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5257 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5258 if that's being written.)
5259
5260 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5261 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5262 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5263
5264 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5265 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5266 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5267 @itemize @bullet
5268 @item no oob_* parameter
5269 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5270 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5271 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5272 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5273 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5274 @item @code{oob_only}
5275 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5276 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5277 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5278 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5279 @item @code{oob_raw}
5280 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5281 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5282 un-altered OOB.
5283 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5284 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5285 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5286 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5287 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5288 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5289 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5290 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5291 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5292 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5293 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5294 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5295 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5296 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5297 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5298 @end itemize
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5302 @cindex NAND verification
5303 @cindex NAND programming
5304 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5305 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5306 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5307
5308 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5309 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5310
5311 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5312 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5313 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5314 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5315 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5316
5317 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5318 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5319 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5320
5321 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5322 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5323 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5324 be removed in a future release.
5325 @end deffn
5326
5327 @section Other NAND commands
5328 @cindex NAND other commands
5329
5330 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5331 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5332 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5333 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5334 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5335 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5336 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5337 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5338
5339 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5340 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5341 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5345 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5346 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5347 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5348 status for each block.
5349 @end deffn
5350
5351 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5352 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5353 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5354
5355 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5356 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5357 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5358 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5359 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5360
5361 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5362 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5363 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5364 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5365 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5366 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5367 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5368 @end deffn
5369
5370 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5371 @section NAND Driver List
5372 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5373 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5374 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5375
5376 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5377 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5378 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5379 address of the ECC controller.
5380 @example
5381 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5382 @end example
5383 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5384 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5385 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5386 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5387 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5388 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5389 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5390 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5391 @end deffn
5392 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5393 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5394 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5398 properly configured for input or output.
5399 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5400 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5401 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5402 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5403 @end deffn
5404 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5405 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5406 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5407 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5408 @end deffn
5409 @end deffn
5410
5411 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5412 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5413 chips from Texas Instruments.
5414 It takes three extra parameters:
5415 address of the NAND chip;
5416 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5417 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5418 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5419 @example
5420 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5421 @end example
5422 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5423 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5424 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5425 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5426 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5430 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5431 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5432 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5433 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5434 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5435 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5436 @end deffn
5437
5438 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5439 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5440 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5441 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5442 @end deffn
5443 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5444
5445 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5446 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5447 parameter: the address of the controller.
5448 @example
5449 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5450 @end example
5451 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5452 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5453 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5454 change any behavior.
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5458 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5459 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5460 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5461 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5462 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5463 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5464 specialized commands.
5465 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5466 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5467 change any behavior.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5471 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5472 @cindex PLD
5473 @cindex FPGA
5474
5475 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5476 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5477 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5478 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5479 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5480 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5481 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5482
5483 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5484
5485 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5486 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5487 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5488
5489 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5490 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5491
5492 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5493 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5494 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5495 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5496 behavior.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5500 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5504 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5505 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5509
5510 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5511 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5512 that particular type of PLD.
5513
5514 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5515 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5516 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5517 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5518 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5519
5520 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5521 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5522 for FPGA @var{num}.
5523 @end deffn
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @node General Commands
5527 @chapter General Commands
5528 @cindex commands
5529
5530 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5531 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5532 commands are documented elsewhere.
5533
5534 Intent:
5535 @itemize @bullet
5536 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5537 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5538 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5539 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5540
5541 @item @b{From the human}
5542 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5543 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5544
5545 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5546 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5547 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5548
5549 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5550 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5551 port is 5555.
5552 @end itemize
5553
5554
5555 @section Daemon Commands
5556
5557 @deffn {Command} exit
5558 Exits the current telnet session.
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5562 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5563 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5564 Not every command provides helptext.
5565
5566 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5567 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5568 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5569 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5570 @end deffn
5571
5572 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5573 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5574 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5575 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5576 Useful in connection with script files
5577 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5578 @end deffn
5579
5580 @deffn Command shutdown
5581 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5582 @end deffn
5583
5584 @anchor{debug_level}
5585 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5586 @cindex message level
5587 Display debug level.
5588 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5589 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5590 Level 0 is error messages only;
5591 level 1 adds warnings;
5592 level 2 adds informational messages;
5593 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5594 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5595 the command line along with the location of that log
5596 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5597 @xref{Running}.
5598 @end deffn
5599
5600 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5601 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5602 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5603 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5604 @example
5605 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5606 @end example
5607 @end deffn
5608
5609 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5610 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5611 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5612 @end deffn
5613
5614 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5615 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5616 @end deffn
5617
5618 @anchor{Target State handling}
5619 @section Target State handling
5620 @cindex reset
5621 @cindex halt
5622 @cindex target initialization
5623
5624 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5625 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5626 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5627 a current target which is used to perform the
5628 various operations. The current target may be changed
5629 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5630 target which should become current.
5631
5632 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5633 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5634 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5635 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5636 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5637
5638 @emph{With no arguments}:
5639 list all available registers for the current target,
5640 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5641 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5642 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5643 are flagged as such.
5644
5645 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5646
5647 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5648 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5649 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5650 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5651 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5652 relevant module will flush such values.
5653
5654 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5655 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5656
5657 @example
5658 > reg
5659 ===== ARM registers
5660 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5661 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5662 (2) r2 (/32)
5663 ...
5664 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5665 >
5666 @end example
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5670 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5671 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5672 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5673 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5674 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5675 (and enter debug mode).
5676 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5677
5678 @quotation Warning
5679 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5680 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5681 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5682 power mode by gating the core clock;
5683 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5684
5685 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5686 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5687 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5688 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5689 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5690 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5691
5692 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5693 work with a JTAG debugger.
5694 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5695 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5696 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5697 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5698 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5699 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5700 @end quotation
5701
5702 @end deffn
5703
5704 @deffn Command resume [address]
5705 Resume the target at its current code position,
5706 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5707 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command step [address]
5711 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5712 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5713 @end deffn
5714
5715 @anchor{Reset Command}
5716 @deffn Command reset
5717 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5718 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5719 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5720 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5721 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5722 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5723
5724 The optional parameter specifies what should
5725 happen after the reset.
5726 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5727 The other options will not work on all systems.
5728 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5729
5730 @itemize @minus
5731 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5732 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5733 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5734 @end itemize
5735 @end deffn
5736
5737 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5738 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5739 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5740 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5741 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5742 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5743 state.
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @section I/O Utilities
5747
5748 These commands are available when
5749 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5750 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5751 notably the ZY1000.
5752 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5753
5754 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5755
5756 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5757 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5758 the text file @file{filename}.
5759 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5760 The last string is followed by a newline.
5761 @end deffn
5762
5763 @deffn Command cat filename
5764 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5768 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5769 into @file{dest_filename}.
5770 @end deffn
5771
5772 @deffn Command ip
5773 @emph{No description provided.}
5774 @end deffn
5775
5776 @deffn Command ls
5777 @emph{No description provided.}
5778 @end deffn
5779
5780 @deffn Command mac
5781 @emph{No description provided.}
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784 @deffn Command meminfo
5785 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5786 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5787 @end deffn
5788
5789 @deffn Command peek
5790 @emph{No description provided.}
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn Command poke
5794 @emph{No description provided.}
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command rm filename
5798 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5799 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5800 @end deffn
5801
5802 @deffn Command trunc filename
5803 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5804 @end deffn
5805
5806 @anchor{Memory access}
5807 @section Memory access commands
5808 @cindex memory access
5809
5810 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5811 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5812 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5813 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5814
5815 @enumerate
5816 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5817 to change the current target.
5818 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5819 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5820 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5821 @end enumerate
5822
5823 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5824 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5825 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5826 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5827 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5828 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5829 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5830 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5831 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5832 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5833 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5834 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5835 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5836 @end deffn
5837
5838 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5839 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5840 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5841 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5842 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5843 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5844 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5845 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5846 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5847 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850
5851 @anchor{Image access}
5852 @section Image loading commands
5853 @cindex image loading
5854 @cindex image dumping
5855
5856 @anchor{dump_image}
5857 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5858 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5859 binary file named @var{filename}.
5860 @end deffn
5861
5862 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5863 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5864 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5868 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5869 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5870 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5871 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5872 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5873 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5874 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5875 separately.
5876 @end deffn
5877
5878 @anchor{load_image}
5879 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5880 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5881 The file format may optionally be specified
5882 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5883 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5884 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5885 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5886 @example
5887 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5888 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5889 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5890 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5891 @}
5892 @end example
5893 @end deffn
5894
5895 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5896 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5897 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5898 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5899 The file format may optionally be specified
5900 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5901 @end deffn
5902
5903 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5904 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5905 The file format may optionally be specified
5906 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5907 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5908 @end deffn
5909
5910
5911 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5912 @cindex breakpoint
5913 @cindex watchpoint
5914
5915 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5916 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5917 watchpoints.
5918 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5919
5920 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5921 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5922 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5923 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5924 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5925 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5926
5927 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5928 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5929 @end deffn
5930
5931 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5932 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5933 @end deffn
5934
5935 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5936 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5940 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5941 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5942 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5943 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5944 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5945 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5946 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5947 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5948 @end deffn
5949
5950 @section Misc Commands
5951
5952 @cindex profiling
5953 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5954 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5955 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5956 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5957 @end deffn
5958
5959 @deffn Command {version}
5960 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5961 @end deffn
5962
5963 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5964 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5965 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5966 @end deffn
5967
5968 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5969 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5970 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5971 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5972
5973 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5974 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5975 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5976 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5977
5978 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5979 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5980 @cindex tracing
5981 @cindex ETM
5982 @cindex ETB
5983
5984 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5985 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5986 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5987
5988 @itemize
5989 @item
5990 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5991 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5992 supports such an interface.
5993 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5994 and trace port support.)
5995 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5996 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5997 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5998 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5999 in the board-specific configuration file.
6000 @item
6001 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6002 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6003 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6004 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6005 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6006 @end itemize
6007
6008 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6009
6010 @quotation Issues
6011 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6012 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6013
6014 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6015 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6016 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6017 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6018 dummy trace port driver}.
6019
6020 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6021 as well as tracing only during specific states
6022 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6023
6024 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6025 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6026 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6027 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6028 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6029
6030 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6031 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6032 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6033 this original style of JTAG access.
6034 @end quotation
6035
6036 @subsection ETM Configuration
6037 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6038
6039 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6040 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6041 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6042
6043 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6044 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6045 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6046 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6047 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6048 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6049 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6050 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6051 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6052
6053 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6054 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6055 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6056
6057 @quotation Warning
6058 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6059 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6060 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6061 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6062 @end quotation
6063
6064 @quotation Note
6065 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6066 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6067 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6068 what CPU activities are traced.
6069 @end quotation
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @deffn Command {etm info}
6073 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6074 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6075 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6076 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6077 @end deffn
6078
6079 @deffn Command {etm status}
6080 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6081 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6082 Did trace data overflow?
6083 Was it triggered?
6084 @end deffn
6085
6086 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6087 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6088 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6089 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6090 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6091
6092 @itemize
6093 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6094 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6095 The value is one of
6096 @option{none} (save nothing),
6097 @option{data} (save data),
6098 @option{address} (save addresses),
6099 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6100 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6101 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6102 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6103 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6104 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6105 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6106 trace stream without an image of the code.
6107 @end itemize
6108 @end deffn
6109
6110 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6111 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6112 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6113 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6114 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6115
6116 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6117 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6118 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6122
6123 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6124 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6125 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6126
6127 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6128 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6129 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6130 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6131 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6132 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6133 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6134
6135 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6136
6137 @itemize
6138 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6139 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6140 for instruction access within that function's body.
6141 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6142 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6143 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6144 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6145 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6146 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6147 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6148 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6149 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6150 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6151 @item @emph{... more}
6152 @end itemize
6153
6154 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6155 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6156
6157 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6158 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6159 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6163 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6167 Opens an image file.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6171 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6172 @end deffn
6173
6174 @deffn Command {etm start}
6175 Starts trace data collection.
6176 @end deffn
6177
6178 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6179 Stops trace data collection.
6180 @end deffn
6181
6182 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6183 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6184
6185 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6186
6187 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6188 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6189 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6190 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6191 any trace data collection.}
6192 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6193 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6194 @end deffn
6195 @end deffn
6196
6197 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6198 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6199 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6200 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6201 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6202 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6203 @end deffn
6204 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6205 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6206 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6207 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6208 trace trigger becomes active.
6209
6210 @itemize
6211 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6212 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6213 afterwards.
6214 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6215 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6216 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6217 what caused that event to happen.
6218 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6219 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6220 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6221 how the event caused trouble.
6222 @end itemize
6223 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6224 @end deffn
6225
6226 @end deffn
6227
6228 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6229 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6230 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6231 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6232 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6233
6234 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6235 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6236
6237 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6238 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6239 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6243 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6247 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6248 @end deffn
6249 @end deffn
6250
6251
6252 @section Generic ARM
6253 @cindex ARM
6254
6255 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6256 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6257 commands that may be available.
6258
6259 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6260 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6261 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6262 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6263 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6264 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6268 @cindex disassemble
6269 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6270 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6271 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6272 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6273 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6274 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6275 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6276
6277 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6278 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6279 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6280 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6281 with a handful of exceptions.
6282 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6286 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6287 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6288 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6289 and using the MCR instruction.
6290 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6291 an ARM register.)
6292 @end deffn
6293
6294 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6295 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6296 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6297 and the MRC instruction.
6298 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6299 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6300 an ARM register.)
6301 @end deffn
6302
6303 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6304 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6305 core mode if necessary.
6306 @end deffn
6307
6308 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6309 @cindex ARM semihosting
6310 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6311
6312 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6313 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6314 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6315 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6316 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6317 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6318 @end deffn
6319
6320 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6321 @cindex ARMv4
6322 @cindex ARMv5
6323
6324 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6325 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6326 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6327 variant.
6328
6329 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6330 @cindex ARM7
6331 @cindex ARM9
6332
6333 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6334 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6335 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6336 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6337
6338 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6339 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6340 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6341 instead of breakpoints.
6342 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6343
6344 This should be
6345 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6346 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6347 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6348 @end deffn
6349
6350 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6351 @cindex DCC
6352 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6353 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6354 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6355
6356 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6357 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6358 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6362 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6363 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6364 that don't check completion of the operation.
6365 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6366
6367 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6368 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6369 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6370 @end deffn
6371
6372 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6373 @cindex ARM720T
6374
6375 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6376 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6377 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6378 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6379
6380 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6381 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6382 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6383
6384 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6385 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6386 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6387 @end deffn
6388
6389 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6390 @cindex ARM9
6391
6392 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6393 integer processors.
6394 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6395
6396 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6397 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6398 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6399 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6400
6401 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6402 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6403 @cindex vector_catch
6404 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6405 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6406 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6407 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6408 to those hardware vectors.
6409
6410 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6411 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6412 vector catch hardware to intercept
6413 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6414 @option{none} of them,
6415 or a list with one or more of the following:
6416 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6417 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6421 @cindex ARM920T
6422
6423 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6424 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6425 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6426 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6427 and ARM9 commands.
6428
6429 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6430 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6431 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6435 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6436 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6437 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6438 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6439 (Not all registers can be written.)
6440 @end deffn
6441
6442 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6443 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6444 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6445
6446 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6447 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6448 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6449 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6450 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6451 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6455 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6459 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6460 @end deffn
6461
6462 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6463 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6464
6465 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6466 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6467 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6468 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6469 and ARM9 commands.
6470
6471 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6472 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6473
6474 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6475 Print information about the caches found.
6476 @end deffn
6477
6478 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6479 @cindex ARM966E
6480
6481 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6482 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6483 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6484 and ARM9 commands.
6485
6486 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6487 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6488 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6489 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6490 ARM966E-S TRM.
6491 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6492 as required for BIST support.
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @subsection XScale specific commands
6496 @cindex XScale
6497
6498 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6499
6500 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6501 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6502 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6503 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6504 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6505 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6506 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6507
6508 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6509 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6510 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6511 the mini-IC.
6512
6513 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6514 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6515 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6516 code layout in memory:
6517 @example
6518 _vectors:
6519 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6520 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6521 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6522 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6523 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6524 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6525 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6526 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6527 .org 0x100
6528 .long real_reset_vector
6529 .long real_ui_handler
6530 .long real_swi_handler
6531 .long real_pf_abort
6532 .long real_data_abort
6533 .long 0 /* unused */
6534 .long real_irq_handler
6535 .long real_fiq_handler
6536 @end example
6537
6538 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6539 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6540 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6541 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6542 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6543 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6544 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6545 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6546 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6547 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6548 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6549 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6550 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6551 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6552 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6553 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6554 software.
6555
6556 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6557 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6558 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6559 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6560
6561 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6562 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6563 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6564 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6565 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6566 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6567 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6568 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6569 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6570
6571 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6572 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6573
6574 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6575 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6576 @end deffn
6577
6578 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6579 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6580 @end deffn
6581
6582 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6583 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6584 @end deffn
6585
6586 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6587 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6588 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6589 @end deffn
6590
6591 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6592 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6593 @end deffn
6594
6595 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6596 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6597 @end deffn
6598
6599 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6600 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6604 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6605 @end deffn
6606
6607 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6608 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6609 @end deffn
6610
6611 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6612 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6613 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6614 and modifying how it is emptied.
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6618 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6619 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6620 The image @var{type} may be one of
6621 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6622 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6623 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6624 @end deffn
6625
6626 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6627 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6628 @cindex vector_catch
6629 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6630 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6631
6632 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6633 @example
6634 0x01 Trap Reset
6635 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6636 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6637 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6638 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6639 0x20 reserved
6640 0x40 Trap IRQ
6641 0x80 Trap FIQ
6642 @end example
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6646 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6647 @cindex vector_table
6648
6649 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6650 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6651 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6652 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6653 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6654
6655 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6656
6657 @end deffn
6658
6659 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6660 @cindex ARMv6
6661
6662 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6663 @cindex ARM11
6664
6665 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6666 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6667 which is enabled by default.
6668 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6669 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6670 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6671 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6672 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6673 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6677 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6678 which is enabled by default.
6679 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6680 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6681 @end deffn
6682
6683 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6684 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6685 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6686 they are disabled by default.
6687 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6688 @end deffn
6689
6690 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6691 @cindex vector_catch
6692 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6693 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6694 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6695
6696 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6697 for certain hardware events.
6698 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6699 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6700 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6701 @end deffn
6702
6703 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6704 @cindex ARMv7
6705
6706 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6707 @cindex Debug Access Port
6708 @cindex DAP
6709 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6710 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6711 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6712
6713 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6714 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6715 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6716 @end deffn
6717
6718 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6719 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6720 @end deffn
6721
6722 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6723 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6724 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6725 @end deffn
6726
6727 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6728 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6729 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6730 @end deffn
6731
6732 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6733 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6734 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6735 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6736 @end deffn
6737
6738 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6739 @cindex Cortex-M3
6740
6741 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6742 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6743
6744 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6745 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6746 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6747 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6748 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6749 the step command leaves with the core running.
6750
6751 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6752 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6753 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6754
6755 Default is @option{auto}.
6756 @end deffn
6757
6758 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6759 @cindex vector_catch
6760 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6761 for certain hardware events.
6762
6763 Parameters request interception of
6764 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6765 @option{none} of them,
6766 or one or more of the following:
6767 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6768 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6769 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6770 @option{irq_err},
6771 @option{state_err},
6772 @option{chk_err}, or
6773 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6774 @option{reset}.
6775 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6776 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6777 are mapped to HardFault.
6778 UsageFault checks for
6779 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6780 must also be explicitly enabled.
6781
6782 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6783 @end deffn
6784
6785 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6786 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6787 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6788 @itemize @minus
6789 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6790 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6791 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6792 @end itemize
6793 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6794 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6795 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6796 the peripherals.
6797 @xref{Target Events}.
6798 @end deffn
6799
6800 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6801 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6802 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6803 @cindex tracing
6804 @cindex libdcc
6805 @cindex DCC
6806 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6807 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6808 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6809 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6810
6811 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6812 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6813 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6814 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6815 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6816 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6817
6818 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6819 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6820 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6821 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6822 The target being debugged may
6823 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6824 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6825 each supported by a command:
6826
6827 @itemize
6828 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6829 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6830 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6831 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6832
6833 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6834 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6835 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6836
6837 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6838 and then displayed at any time.
6839 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6840
6841 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6842 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6843 @end itemize
6844
6845 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6846 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6847 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6848 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6849 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6850 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6851 does the same thing.
6852
6853 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6854 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6855 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6856 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6857 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6858
6859 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6860 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6861 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6862 @end deffn
6863
6864 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6865 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6866 in the order they triggered.
6867 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6868 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6869 history records.
6870 @end deffn
6871
6872 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6873 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6874 they have been triggered.
6875 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6876 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6877 and associates it with that identifier.
6878
6879 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6880 are not related except by this command.
6881 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6882 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6883 @end deffn
6884
6885
6886 @node JTAG Commands
6887 @chapter JTAG Commands
6888 @cindex JTAG Commands
6889 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6890 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6891 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6892 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6893 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6894
6895 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6896 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6897
6898 @itemize @bullet
6899 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6900 devices such as a CPUs.
6901 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6902 standard state machine (in parallel)
6903 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6904 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6905 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6906 while the reading previous ones.
6907 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6908 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6909 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6910 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6911 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6912 registers.
6913 @end itemize
6914
6915 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6916
6917 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6918 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6919 the order of TAP state transitions.
6920 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6921 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6922 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6923 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6924 these commands are not available.
6925
6926 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6927 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6928 that specify the entire register.
6929 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6930 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6931 The return value holds the original value of each
6932 of those fields.
6933
6934 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6935 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6936 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6937 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6938 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6939
6940 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6941 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6942
6943 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6944 in that state.
6945 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6946 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6947 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6948
6949 @quotation Warning
6950 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6951 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6952 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6953 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6954 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6955 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6956 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6957 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6958 @end quotation
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6962 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6963 This may be used for performance tuning.
6964
6965 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6966 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6967 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6968 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6969 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6970 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6971 @end deffn
6972
6973 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6974 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6975 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6976 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6977 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6978 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6979
6980 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6981 in that state.
6982 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6983 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6984 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6985
6986 @quotation Note
6987 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6988 register values, unlike data register values.
6989 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6990 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6991 @end quotation
6992 @end deffn
6993
6994 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6995 Set values of reset signals.
6996 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6997 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6998 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6999 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7000 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7001 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7002 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7003
7004 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7005 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7006 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7007 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7008 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7009 instead of the TRST signal.
7010 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7011 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7012 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7013 with handlers for that event.
7014 @end deffn
7015
7016 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7017 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7018 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7019 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7020 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7021 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7022 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7023 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7024 The final state must also be stable.
7025 @end deffn
7026
7027 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7028 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7029 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7030 Instructions often need some time
7031 to execute before they take effect.
7032 @end deffn
7033
7034 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7035 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7036
7037 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7038 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7039 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7040 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7041 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7042 @end deffn
7043
7044 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7045 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7046 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7047 must also be enabled.
7048 Default is enabled.
7049 @end deffn
7050
7051 @section TAP state names
7052 @cindex TAP state names
7053
7054 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7055 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7056 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7057 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7058
7059 @itemize @bullet
7060 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7061 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7062 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7063 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7064 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7065 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7066 through the data register
7067 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7068 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7069 for update or more shifting
7070 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7071 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7072 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7073 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7074 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7075 through the instruction register
7076 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7077 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7078 for update or more shifting
7079 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7080 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7081 @end itemize
7082
7083 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7084 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7085 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7086 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7087
7088 @itemize @bullet
7089 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7090 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7091 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7092 may not be as expected.
7093 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7094 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7095 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7096 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7097 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7098 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7099 @end itemize
7100
7101 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7102 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7103
7104 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7105 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7106 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7107 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7108
7109 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7110 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7111 @cindex SVF
7112
7113 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7114 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7115 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7116 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7117
7118 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7119 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7120 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7121 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7122 each command is logged before it is executed.
7123 @end deffn
7124
7125 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7126 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7127 @cindex XSVF
7128
7129 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7130 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7131 Xilinx devices.
7132 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7133 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7134
7135 @quotation Important
7136 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7137 @end quotation
7138
7139 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7140 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7141 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7142 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7143 that TAP.
7144 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7145 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7146 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7147 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7148 @end deffn
7149
7150 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7151 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7152 after building the software.
7153 You may find them useful:
7154
7155 @itemize
7156 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7157 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7158 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7159 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7160 @end itemize
7161
7162 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7163 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7164 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7165 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7166 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7167 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7168 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7169
7170
7171 @node TFTP
7172 @chapter TFTP
7173 @cindex TFTP
7174 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7175 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7176
7177 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7178 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7179 server (tftpd). For example,
7180
7181 @example
7182 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7183 @end example
7184
7185 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7186 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7187
7188 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7189 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7190 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7191 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7192
7193 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7194 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7195 @cindex GDB
7196 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7197 to debug remote targets.
7198 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7199
7200 @itemize
7201 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7202 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7203 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7204 as shown in this chapter.
7205 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7206 that also will probably need to be configured.
7207 @end itemize
7208
7209 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7210 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7211 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7212 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7213 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7214 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7215
7216 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7217 @section Connecting to GDB
7218 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7219 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7220 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7221 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7222 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7223
7224 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7225
7226 @enumerate
7227 @item
7228 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7229 @example
7230 target remote localhost:3333
7231 @end example
7232 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7233 @item
7234 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7235 @example
7236 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7237 @end example
7238 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7239 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7240 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7241 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7242 @end enumerate
7243
7244 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7245 GDB command line.
7246
7247 @section Sample GDB session startup
7248
7249 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7250 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7251 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7252 small ARM program.
7253 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7254 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7255
7256 @example
7257 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7258 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7259 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7260 ...
7261 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7262 ...
7263 (gdb) load
7264 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7265 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7266 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7267 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7268 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7269 (gdb) continue
7270 Continuing.
7271 ...
7272 @end example
7273
7274 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7275 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7276 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7277 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7278
7279 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7280
7281 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7282 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7283 packet size and the device's memory map.
7284 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7285 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7286 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7287
7288 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7289 You may need to set those up by hand.
7290 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7291 something like:
7292
7293 @example
7294 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7295 @end example
7296
7297 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7298
7299 @example
7300 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7301 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7302 @end example
7303
7304 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7305 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7306 do not have such restrictions.
7307
7308 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7309 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7310 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7311
7312 @example
7313 define hook-step
7314 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7315 end
7316 define hookpost-step
7317 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7318 end
7319 @end example
7320
7321 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7322 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7323 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7324 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7325
7326 @section Programming using GDB
7327 @cindex Programming using GDB
7328
7329 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7330 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7331 @example
7332 gdb_memory_map disable
7333 @end example
7334 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7335 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7336 working area.
7337
7338 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7339 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7340 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7341 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7342
7343 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7344 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7345
7346 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7347 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7348 @example
7349 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7350 @end example
7351
7352 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7353 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7354
7355 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7356 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7357 will be used.
7358
7359 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7360 script can be executed:
7361 @example
7362 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7363 @end example
7364
7365 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7366 can be used.
7367 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7368 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7369 @cindex SMP
7370 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7371 @itemize @bullet
7372 @item j - smp status request
7373 @item J - smp set request
7374 @end itemize
7375
7376 OpenOCD implements :
7377 @itemize @bullet
7378 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7379 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7380 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7381 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7382 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7383 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7384 @end itemize
7385
7386 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7387 @itemize @bullet
7388 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7389 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7390 @example
7391 set $_core 1
7392 #Jc01 packet is sent
7393 print $_core
7394 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7395 @end example
7396
7397 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7398 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7399
7400 @example
7401 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7402 define toggle0
7403 maint packet Jc0
7404 continue
7405 main packet Jc-1
7406 end
7407 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7408 define toggle1
7409 maint packet Jc1
7410 continue
7411 main packet Jc-1
7412 end
7413 @end example
7414 @end itemize
7415
7416
7417 @node Tcl Scripting API
7418 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7419 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7420 @cindex Tcl scripts
7421 @section API rules
7422
7423 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7424 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7425 information as an argument to each proc.
7426
7427 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7428 pair list and lists.
7429
7430 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7431 list.
7432
7433 @verbatim
7434
7435 > set foo(me) Duane
7436 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7437 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7438 > set foo(duck) Donald
7439
7440 If one does this:
7441
7442 > set foo
7443
7444 The result is:
7445
7446 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7447
7448 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7449
7450 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7451 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7452 }
7453 @end verbatim
7454
7455 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7456 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7457
7458 @section Internal low-level Commands
7459
7460 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7461
7462 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7463 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7464 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7465
7466 @itemize @bullet
7467 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7468
7469 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7470 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7471
7472 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7473 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7474
7475 Return information about the flash banks
7476 @end itemize
7477
7478 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7479 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7480 called "flash_banks".
7481
7482 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7483
7484 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7485 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7486 holds one of the following values:
7487
7488 @itemize @bullet
7489 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7490 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7491 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7492 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7493 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7494 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7495 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7496 @end itemize
7497
7498 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7499
7500 @quotation Note
7501 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7502 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7503 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7504 is jim, not real tcl).
7505 @end quotation
7506
7507 @node FAQ
7508 @chapter FAQ
7509 @cindex faq
7510 @enumerate
7511 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7512 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7513 @cindex RTCK
7514 @cindex adaptive clocking
7515 @*
7516
7517 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7518 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7519 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7520 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7521
7522 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7523 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7524 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7525 @enumerate
7526 @item
7527 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7528 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7529 @item
7530 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7531 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7532 @end enumerate
7533
7534 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7535 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7536 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7537 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7538 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7539 power).
7540
7541 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7542 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7543 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7544 ARM926 scenario).
7545 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7546 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7547 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7548
7549 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7550 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7551 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7552 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7553
7554 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7555
7556 In order to make use of this,
7557 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7558 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7559
7560 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7561 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7562 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7563 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7564 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7565
7566 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7567 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7568 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7569 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7570
7571 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7572 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7573 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7574 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7575 with a CPLD.
7576 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7577 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7578 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7579 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7580 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7581 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7582
7583 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7584
7585 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7586
7587 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7588 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7589 depending on the chips on your board.
7590 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7591 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7592 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7593
7594 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7595 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7596 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7597
7598 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7599 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7600 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7601 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7602
7603 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7604 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7605 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7606 this way.
7607
7608 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7609 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7610 clock rate.
7611 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7612 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7613 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7614
7615 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7616
7617 @example
7618 # Example: 1.234MHz
7619 adapter_khz 1234
7620 @end example
7621
7622
7623 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7624
7625 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7626 around Windows filenames.
7627
7628 @example
7629 > echo \a
7630
7631 > echo @{\a@}
7632 \a
7633 > echo "\a"
7634
7635 >
7636 @end example
7637
7638
7639 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7640
7641 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7642 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7643 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7644
7645 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7646 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7647 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7648
7649 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7650 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7651 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7652
7653 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7654
7655 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7656 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7657 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7658 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7659
7660 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7661 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7662 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7663
7664 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7665 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7666
7667 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7668 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7669 memory read caused data abort".
7670
7671 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7672 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7673 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7674 be done, feel free to add this here.
7675
7676 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7677 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7678 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7679 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7680 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7681 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7682 gracefully stops.
7683
7684 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7685 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7686 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7687
7688 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7689 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7690 bytes. Painful...
7691
7692
7693 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7694 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7695
7696 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7697 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7698 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7699 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7700 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7701 reset, everything else should work fine.
7702
7703 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7704 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7705 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7706 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7707
7708 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7709 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7710 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7711 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7712
7713 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7714
7715 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7716 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7717 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7718 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7719
7720 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7721 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7722 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7723 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7724
7725 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7726 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7727 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7728
7729 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7730 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7731
7732 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7733 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7734 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7735 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7736 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7737 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7738 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7739 clock frequency?
7740
7741 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7742 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7743 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7744 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7745 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7746
7747 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7748
7749 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7750 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7751 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7752 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7753 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7754 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7755 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7756
7757 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7758
7759 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7760 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7761 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7762 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7763
7764 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7765 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7766 particular order?
7767
7768 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7769 the same order used by the hardware.
7770
7771 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7772 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7773 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7774 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7775 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7776 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7777
7778 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7779 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7780 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7781 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7782
7783 @itemize @bullet
7784 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7785 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7786 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7787 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7788 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7789 @end itemize
7790
7791 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7792
7793 @itemize @bullet
7794 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7795 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7796 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7797 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7798 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7799 @end itemize
7800
7801
7802 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7803 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7804 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7805
7806 TODO.
7807
7808 @end enumerate
7809
7810 @node Tcl Crash Course
7811 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7812 @cindex Tcl
7813
7814 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7815 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7816 how the Tcl scripts work.
7817
7818 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7819 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7820 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7821 OpenOCD.
7822
7823 @section Tcl Rule #1
7824 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7825 @enumerate
7826 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7827 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7828 @end enumerate
7829
7830 The Tcl equal is this:
7831
7832 @enumerate
7833 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7834 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7835 @end enumerate
7836
7837 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7838 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7839
7840 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7841 There is a second pair of rules.
7842 @enumerate
7843 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7844 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7845 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7846 in Tcl.
7847 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7848 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7849 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7850 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7851 @end enumerate
7852
7853 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7854 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7855 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7856 Everything is a string}
7857
7858 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7859 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7860 difference is subtle.
7861 @enumerate
7862 @item Parse Time
7863 @item Evaluation Time
7864 @end enumerate
7865
7866 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7867 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7868 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7869
7870 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7871 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7872 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7873 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7874
7875 @itemize @bullet
7876 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7877 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7878 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7879 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7880 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7881 @example
7882 # bash example
7883 X=`date`
7884 echo "The Date is: $X"
7885 # Tcl example
7886 set X [date]
7887 puts "The Date is: $X"
7888 @end example
7889 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7890 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7891 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7892 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7893 is a string}
7894 @example
7895 set x "Dinner"
7896 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7897 @end example
7898 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7899 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7900 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7901 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7902 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7903 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7904 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7905 @end itemize
7906
7907 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7908
7909 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7910
7911 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7912
7913 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7914 the normal way.
7915
7916 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7917 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7918 line is immedatly executed.
7919
7920 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7921 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7922
7923 @subsection Command Execution
7924
7925 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7926 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7927 control flow operators.
7928
7929 Commands are executed like this:
7930
7931 @enumerate
7932 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7933 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7934 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7935 @end enumerate
7936
7937 It sort of works like this:
7938 @example
7939 for(;;)@{
7940 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7941
7942 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7943
7944 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7945 @}
7946 @end example
7947
7948 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7949 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7950 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7951 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7952 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7953 ``LookupCommand()''
7954
7955 @subsection The FOR command
7956
7957 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7958 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7959 command just like any other command.
7960
7961 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7962 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7963 are:
7964
7965 @enumerate 0
7966 @item The ascii text 'for'
7967 @item The start text
7968 @item The test expression
7969 @item The next text
7970 @item The body text
7971 @end enumerate
7972
7973 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7974 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7975 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7976 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7977
7978 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7979 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7980
7981 @example
7982 int
7983 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7984 int *argc,
7985 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7986 @end example
7987
7988 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7989 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7990 still operates in the same basic way.
7991
7992 @subsection FOR command implementation
7993
7994 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7995 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7996
7997 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7998
7999 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8000
8001 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8002 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8003 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8004
8005 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8006 expression and returns a value.
8007
8008 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8009 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8010 @example
8011 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8012
8013 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8014
8015 int
8016 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8017 int argc,
8018 char **argv )
8019 @{
8020 if( argc != 5 )@{
8021 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8022 return ERROR;
8023 @}
8024
8025 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8026
8027 // Execute the start statement.
8028 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8029
8030 // Top of loop test
8031 for(;;)@{
8032 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8033 if( i == 0 )
8034 break;
8035
8036 // Execute the body
8037 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8038
8039 // Execute the LOOP part
8040 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8041 @}
8042
8043 // Return no error
8044 SetResult( interp, "" );
8045 return SUCCESS;
8046 @}
8047 @end example
8048
8049 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8050 in the same basic way.
8051
8052 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8053
8054 @subsection source and find commands
8055 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8056 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8057 @*Remember the parsing rules
8058 @enumerate
8059 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8060 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8061 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8062 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8063 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8064 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8065 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8066 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8067 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8068 @end enumerate
8069 @subsection format command
8070 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8071 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8072 @b{sprintf()}.
8073 @b{Example}
8074 @example
8075 set x 6
8076 set y 7
8077 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8078 @end example
8079 @enumerate
8080 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8081 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8082 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8083 @* Refer to Rule #1
8084 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8085 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8086 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8087 @end enumerate
8088 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8089 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8090 @example
8091 #1 Good
8092 proc someproc @{@} @{
8093 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8094 @}
8095 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8096 #2 Good - no variables
8097 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8098 #3 Good Curly Braces
8099 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8100 puts "Time: [date]"
8101 @}
8102 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8103 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8104 @end example
8105 @enumerate
8106 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8107 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8108 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8109 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8110 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8111 command.
8112 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8113 @*There are 4 examples:
8114 @enumerate
8115 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8116 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8117 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8118 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8119 @end enumerate
8120
8121 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8122 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8123 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8124
8125 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8126 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8127 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8128 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8129 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8130 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8131 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8132 @end enumerate
8133 @subsection Global Variables
8134 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8135 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8136 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8137 @example
8138 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8139 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8140 global x #Global variable X
8141 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8142 @}
8143 @end example
8144 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8145 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8146 @example
8147 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8148 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8149 # Create var name
8150 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8151 # Make it a global
8152 global $vn
8153 # Set it.
8154 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8155 @}
8156 @end example
8157 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8158 @example
8159 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8160 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8161 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8162 @}
8163 @end example
8164
8165 @include fdl.texi
8166
8167 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8168 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8169 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8170 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8171 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8172 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8173
8174 @printindex cp
8175
8176 @node Command and Driver Index
8177 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8178 @printindex fn
8179
8180 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)